SRM Ergometer Fokus:Diagnostik - User contributions [en]

Torque Analysis

2024-04-25T17:30:10Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Special network settings in Windows 11 */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>

==== Network settings in Windows ====

# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:02 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|Properties
File:05 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:06 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 16.8 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 18.8 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2024-04-25T17:29:32Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Special network settings in Windows 11 */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>

==== Network settings in Windows ====

# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:02 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:03 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:04 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|5. Properties
File:05 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:06 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 16.8 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 18.8 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2024-04-25T17:28:34Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Network settings in Windows */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>

==== Network settings in Windows ====

# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:02 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:03 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:04 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|5. Properties
File:05 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:06 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 16.8 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 18.8 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2024-04-25T17:27:39Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Network setup */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>

==== Network settings in Windows ====

# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 16.8 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 18.8 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2024-04-25T17:26:53Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Network setup */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box

==== Network settings in Windows ====

</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 16.8 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 18.8 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2024-04-25T17:11:54Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Network */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in Windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:02 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:03 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:04 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|5. Properties
File:05 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:06 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.6 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.6). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

mode: PID

:P-Gain = 50,0

:I-Gain = 0,0

:D-Gain = 45,0

:sF = 1300,0

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

File:06 Network settings Windows 11.jpg

2024-04-25T17:10:12Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

File:05 Network settings Windows 11.jpg

2024-04-25T17:09:58Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

File:04 Network settings Windows 11.jpg

2024-04-25T17:09:13Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

File:03 Network settings Windows 11.jpg

2024-04-25T17:08:59Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

File:02 Network settings Windows 11.jpg

2024-04-25T17:08:36Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2024-04-25T17:07:09Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Special network settings in Windows 11 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in Windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:02 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:03 Network settings Windows 11.jpgg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:04 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|5. Properties
File:05 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:06 Network settings Windows 11.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.6 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.6). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

mode: PID

:P-Gain = 50,0

:I-Gain = 0,0

:D-Gain = 45,0

:sF = 1300,0

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2024-04-25T17:04:42Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Special network settings in Windows 11 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in Windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.6 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.6). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

mode: PID

:P-Gain = 50,0

:I-Gain = 0,0

:D-Gain = 45,0

:sF = 1300,0

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2024-04-25T16:48:20Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Settings SRM Ergometer Software */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in Windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Special network settings in Windows 11 ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.6 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.6). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

mode: PID

:P-Gain = 50,0

:I-Gain = 0,0

:D-Gain = 45,0

:sF = 1300,0

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2024-04-25T12:41:56Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.2.6 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.6 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.6). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

mode: PID

:P-Gain = 50,0

:I-Gain = 0,0

:D-Gain = 45,0

:sF = 1300,0

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2024-04-25T12:41:21Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.2.2 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.6 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.6). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

mode: PID

:P = 50,0

:I = 0,0

:D-Gain = 45,0

:sF = 1300,0

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Torque Analysis

2023-10-26T12:22:00Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 16.8 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 18.8 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Introduction

2023-07-13T12:47:37Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Technical data */

<gallery>
File:SRM-Ergometer-01.jpg|The SRM - High Performance Ergometer
File:SRM-Ergometer-02.jpg|The SRM - Powermeter Science
File:SRM-Ergometer-03.jpg|Individual adjustable saddleposition
File:SRM-Ergometer-04.jpg|SRM Ergometer incl. Mobile Support System (MSS)
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|Performance diagnostics
File:gr 09-Ergo-SW-test-hyp-step (002).jpg|Ergometer-Software: Monitoring testprotocol and performance data
File:12-maingraph.png|Ergometer-Software: Monitoring Torque Analysis data

</gallery>

[[File:SRM-Ergometer-04.jpg|thumb|SRM Ergometer incl. the Mobile Support System (MSS)]]

The so called SRM – High Performance Ergometer, was developed in cooperation with the German Cycling Federation (BDR), with Peter Keen of the British Cycling Federation and with Dr. Wolfgang Stockhausen of the University Hospital of Freiburg.

The idea was, to build a precise and scientific reliable Ergometer which can withstand and measure the maximal torque of the world’s strongest cyclists.

The SRM – Ergometer is used by prestigious universities and performance diagnosticians for scientific problems in the laboratory, for exercise psychological research and also as a training tool to guarantee professional training supervision with high validity.

It doesn’t matter which kind of cyclist you are, if you are a sprinter or a triathlete, the SRM – Ergometer allows you to optimize your individual bike position. That’s why it has standard bike parts (handlebars, saddles, cranks etc.) and different sized fly masses integrated.

As a result, the kinetic energy can be simulated and used for a wide range of different test profiles. The goal is, that by riding on the SRM – Ergometer, you come as close as possible to real bike riding and simulate different profiles like flat or uphill riding.

The control of the mechanical construction of the Ergometers brakes is done by a specially programmed SRM – Software. This Software offers the user a great flexibility when it comes to programming own training protocols via the Ergometer.

For training purposes and also for performance diagnostics you can generate isokinetic as well as hyperbolic tests for any kind of bike rider. The control through the software gives the possibility to program ramp protocols, all kinds of incremental stress tests and training intervals for BMX-, Track- and Road cyclists as well as Mountain biker and Sprinter.

The centerpiece of the SRM – High Performance Ergometer is the SRM PowerMeter science, which reaches a scientifically acknowledged accuracy of ± 0.5 %.

== Technical data ==

[[File:Compilation_SRM-Ergometer_&_Mobile_Support_System,_Fokus-Diagnostik.jpg|thumb|Technical data of the SRM-Ergometer]]

The technical key features of the SRM – High Performance Ergometer are the following,

* SRM–Ergometer with integrated SRM - Training System Science Version (data accuracy ± 0.5 %)
* The frame is welded out of high strength aluminum profile parts
* Oscillating mounted gear box with eddy current brake and variable fly mass. Because of the oscillating bearing there is not much sound
* The eddy current brake is controlled by a power supply with +/- 24 volts
* Breaking power: from 20 up to 2000 Watt; short term even up to 4000 Watt
* Two changeable fly masses with 14 – gears of the Rohloff hub that simulate kinetic energy and the sensation of cycling at high speeds realistically and which can be adjusted to the athlete’s weight to allow the maximum simulation of real conditions
* Saddle position and handlebars can be adjusted to any position for cyclists between 140 and 200 cm height
* Close Q – Factor of 151 mm
* Individually adjustable crank length from 150 mm-190 mm, in steps of 2.5 mm
* Isokinetic and hyperbolic operation mode programmable
* Easy change and assembling of standard bike parts (different crank lengths, pedals, handlebars, saddles, chain rings, etc.)
* The SRMWin-Software for ease of programming tests and for data analysis is included in the package
* With the serial port it is possible to control the protocol by an external device like CPX/CPET, EKG or other medical devices which are compatible with the "ergoline” protocol
* The weight is around 100 kg to guarantee stability
* On the front there are two wheels on which you can roll or transport the Ergometer (after you lifted the rear part)

== Compatibility to medical systems ==

With the new serial port connection it is possible to control the protocol by an external device like CPX/CPET, EKG or other medical devices which are compatible with the "ergoline” protocol. In the following lines you find some testet devices whch work with the ergometer properly.

=== Spiroergometry-Systems ===

<gallery>
File:Logo_CareFusion(klein).jpg|CareFusion
File:cortex-logo-800.jpg|Cortex Biomedical
File:COSMED-Logo-800.jpg|Cosmed
File:Custo-Logo-800.jpg|Custo
File:Ganshorn-Logo-800.jpg|Ganshorn
File:Geratherm-Logo-800.jpg|Geratherm Respiratory
File:NSpire-Logo-800.jpg|N'Spire Health
File:Schiller-Logo-800.jpg|Schiller
File:Vyaire-Logo.png|Vyaire
</gallery>

==== CareFusion ====
[[File:Logo_CareFusion(klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with CareFusion systems
* CareFusion Software is able to note the actual load
* SRM Ergometer is also compatible with GE (EKG SW)
* GE SW is able to note the actual load

<gallery>
File:20170509 140925.jpg|SRM Ergometer connected with CareFusion system
File:20170509 093616.jpg|Measurement with CareFusion system
File:20170509 141045.jpg|SRM Ergometer with an example of the results
</gallery>

==== Cortex ====
[[File:Image cortex (klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
*SRM Ergometer is compatible with Cortex systems and Metasoft
*The SRM Ergometer can be connected by the "Ergoline Ergometrics er800s"interface in the Cortex Toolbox
*The real SRM power and cadence date will be displayed in the Cortex Software Metasoft and saved in breath-by-breath file

<gallery>
File:04-Workshop-11.2017.jpg|SRM Ergometer connected with the Cortex Metalyzer
File:05-Workshop-11.2017.jpg|Measurement with Cortex Metasoft & SRM Torque Analysis System
File:06-Workshop-11.2017.jpg|Displayed Cortex Metasoft & SRM Torque Analysis data
</gallery>

==== Cosmed ====
[[File:Image_cosmed_(klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with Cosmed systems
* Cosmed Software is able to note the actual load

==== Geratherm ====
[[File:Logo-geratherm_(klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with Blue Cherry Software (Geratherm software)
* Blue Cherry Software controlls SRM Ergometer
* Blue Cherry Software isn´t able to note the actual load

* Amedtec EKG Software is able to note the actual load
* Amedtec EKG is compatible with Geratherm systems

==== Schiller - Ganshorn ====
[[File:Logo-schiller_(klein)2.jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible to Schiller (EKG) SW
* The software isn´t able to note the actual load

==== ZAN ====
[[File:Logo-ZAN (klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* The protocol of the ZAN system is able to control the SRM Ergometer

=== EKG-Systems ===

==== Custo EKG ====
[[File:Logo-customed_(klein).jpg |links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with Custo EKG (serial port [ergoline 900L])

[[Category:Ergometer]]

File:Compilation SRM-Ergometer & Mobile Support System, Fokus-Diagnostik.jpg

2023-07-13T12:47:14Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Introduction

2023-07-13T12:26:05Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Technical data */

<gallery>
File:SRM-Ergometer-01.jpg|The SRM - High Performance Ergometer
File:SRM-Ergometer-02.jpg|The SRM - Powermeter Science
File:SRM-Ergometer-03.jpg|Individual adjustable saddleposition
File:SRM-Ergometer-04.jpg|SRM Ergometer incl. Mobile Support System (MSS)
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|Performance diagnostics
File:gr 09-Ergo-SW-test-hyp-step (002).jpg|Ergometer-Software: Monitoring testprotocol and performance data
File:12-maingraph.png|Ergometer-Software: Monitoring Torque Analysis data

</gallery>

[[File:SRM-Ergometer-04.jpg|thumb|SRM Ergometer incl. the Mobile Support System (MSS)]]

The so called SRM – High Performance Ergometer, was developed in cooperation with the German Cycling Federation (BDR), with Peter Keen of the British Cycling Federation and with Dr. Wolfgang Stockhausen of the University Hospital of Freiburg.

The idea was, to build a precise and scientific reliable Ergometer which can withstand and measure the maximal torque of the world’s strongest cyclists.

The SRM – Ergometer is used by prestigious universities and performance diagnosticians for scientific problems in the laboratory, for exercise psychological research and also as a training tool to guarantee professional training supervision with high validity.

It doesn’t matter which kind of cyclist you are, if you are a sprinter or a triathlete, the SRM – Ergometer allows you to optimize your individual bike position. That’s why it has standard bike parts (handlebars, saddles, cranks etc.) and different sized fly masses integrated.

As a result, the kinetic energy can be simulated and used for a wide range of different test profiles. The goal is, that by riding on the SRM – Ergometer, you come as close as possible to real bike riding and simulate different profiles like flat or uphill riding.

The control of the mechanical construction of the Ergometers brakes is done by a specially programmed SRM – Software. This Software offers the user a great flexibility when it comes to programming own training protocols via the Ergometer.

For training purposes and also for performance diagnostics you can generate isokinetic as well as hyperbolic tests for any kind of bike rider. The control through the software gives the possibility to program ramp protocols, all kinds of incremental stress tests and training intervals for BMX-, Track- and Road cyclists as well as Mountain biker and Sprinter.

The centerpiece of the SRM – High Performance Ergometer is the SRM PowerMeter science, which reaches a scientifically acknowledged accuracy of ± 0.5 %.

== Technical data ==

[[File:Compilation_SRM-Ergometer_&_Mobile_Support_System,_Fokus-Diagnostik.pdf|thumb|Technical data of the SRM-Ergometer]]

The technical key features of the SRM – High Performance Ergometer are the following,

* SRM–Ergometer with integrated SRM - Training System Science Version (data accuracy ± 0.5 %)
* The frame is welded out of high strength aluminum profile parts
* Oscillating mounted gear box with eddy current brake and variable fly mass. Because of the oscillating bearing there is not much sound
* The eddy current brake is controlled by a power supply with +/- 24 volts
* Breaking power: from 20 up to 2000 Watt; short term even up to 4000 Watt
* Two changeable fly masses with 14 – gears of the Rohloff hub that simulate kinetic energy and the sensation of cycling at high speeds realistically and which can be adjusted to the athlete’s weight to allow the maximum simulation of real conditions
* Saddle position and handlebars can be adjusted to any position for cyclists between 140 and 200 cm height
* Close Q – Factor of 151 mm
* Individually adjustable crank length from 150 mm-190 mm, in steps of 2.5 mm
* Isokinetic and hyperbolic operation mode programmable
* Easy change and assembling of standard bike parts (different crank lengths, pedals, handlebars, saddles, chain rings, etc.)
* The SRMWin-Software for ease of programming tests and for data analysis is included in the package
* With the serial port it is possible to control the protocol by an external device like CPX/CPET, EKG or other medical devices which are compatible with the "ergoline” protocol
* The weight is around 100 kg to guarantee stability
* On the front there are two wheels on which you can roll or transport the Ergometer (after you lifted the rear part)

== Compatibility to medical systems ==

With the new serial port connection it is possible to control the protocol by an external device like CPX/CPET, EKG or other medical devices which are compatible with the "ergoline” protocol. In the following lines you find some testet devices whch work with the ergometer properly.

=== Spiroergometry-Systems ===

<gallery>
File:Logo_CareFusion(klein).jpg|CareFusion
File:cortex-logo-800.jpg|Cortex Biomedical
File:COSMED-Logo-800.jpg|Cosmed
File:Custo-Logo-800.jpg|Custo
File:Ganshorn-Logo-800.jpg|Ganshorn
File:Geratherm-Logo-800.jpg|Geratherm Respiratory
File:NSpire-Logo-800.jpg|N'Spire Health
File:Schiller-Logo-800.jpg|Schiller
File:Vyaire-Logo.png|Vyaire
</gallery>

==== CareFusion ====
[[File:Logo_CareFusion(klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with CareFusion systems
* CareFusion Software is able to note the actual load
* SRM Ergometer is also compatible with GE (EKG SW)
* GE SW is able to note the actual load

<gallery>
File:20170509 140925.jpg|SRM Ergometer connected with CareFusion system
File:20170509 093616.jpg|Measurement with CareFusion system
File:20170509 141045.jpg|SRM Ergometer with an example of the results
</gallery>

==== Cortex ====
[[File:Image cortex (klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
*SRM Ergometer is compatible with Cortex systems and Metasoft
*The SRM Ergometer can be connected by the "Ergoline Ergometrics er800s"interface in the Cortex Toolbox
*The real SRM power and cadence date will be displayed in the Cortex Software Metasoft and saved in breath-by-breath file

<gallery>
File:04-Workshop-11.2017.jpg|SRM Ergometer connected with the Cortex Metalyzer
File:05-Workshop-11.2017.jpg|Measurement with Cortex Metasoft & SRM Torque Analysis System
File:06-Workshop-11.2017.jpg|Displayed Cortex Metasoft & SRM Torque Analysis data
</gallery>

==== Cosmed ====
[[File:Image_cosmed_(klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with Cosmed systems
* Cosmed Software is able to note the actual load

==== Geratherm ====
[[File:Logo-geratherm_(klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with Blue Cherry Software (Geratherm software)
* Blue Cherry Software controlls SRM Ergometer
* Blue Cherry Software isn´t able to note the actual load

* Amedtec EKG Software is able to note the actual load
* Amedtec EKG is compatible with Geratherm systems

==== Schiller - Ganshorn ====
[[File:Logo-schiller_(klein)2.jpg|links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible to Schiller (EKG) SW
* The software isn´t able to note the actual load

==== ZAN ====
[[File:Logo-ZAN (klein).jpg|links|mini|]]
* The protocol of the ZAN system is able to control the SRM Ergometer

=== EKG-Systems ===

==== Custo EKG ====
[[File:Logo-customed_(klein).jpg |links|mini|]]
* SRM Ergometer is compatible with Custo EKG (serial port [ergoline 900L])

[[Category:Ergometer]]

File:Compilation SRM-Ergometer & Mobile Support System, Fokus-Diagnostik.pdf

2023-07-13T12:25:16Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Manuals

2023-07-13T12:02:48Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

The following table lists the various manuals for the SRM ergometer and for the associated Torque Analysis.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|+ style="padding-bottom:1em" | Manuals SRM-Ergometer
|- class="hintergrundfarbe6"
!style="width:30%"| Manuals!! style="width:30%" | Language!! style="width:30%" | Last Update
|-
| [[Media:SRM Ergometer Short Manual 07.2023.pdf|Ergometer Short Manual]] || English
|style="text-align:right"| July 2023
|-
| [[Media:Regelanpassung_SRM_Ergometer_May_2019.pdf|Regelanpassung SRM Ergometer]] || German
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| May 2019
|-
| [[Media:Manual SRM Torque (06.12.2012), Mirco Smerecnik.pdf|Torque Analysis Manual]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| December 2012
|-
| [[Media:SRM-Ergometer,_Alternative_Wingate_Test.pdf|SRM-Ergometer, Alternative of the Wingate Test]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| June 2014
|-
| [[Media:Activation Point SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis.pdf|Torque Analysis Activation Point setup]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| October 2012
|-
| [[Media:Flymass instruction manual.pdf|Flymass instruction manual]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| May 2017
|}

File:SRM Ergometer Short Manual 07.2023.pdf

2023-07-13T11:59:11Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Manuals

2023-07-13T11:58:33Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

The following table lists the various manuals for the SRM ergometer and for the associated Torque Analysis.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|+ style="padding-bottom:1em" | Manuals SRM-Ergometer
|- class="hintergrundfarbe6"
!style="width:30%"| Manuals!! style="width:30%" | Language!! style="width:30%" | Last Update
|-
| [[Media:01 SRM Ergometer Short Manual 07.2023.pdf|Ergometer Short Manual]] || English
|style="text-align:right"| July 2023
|-
| [[Media:Regelanpassung_SRM_Ergometer_May_2019.pdf|Regelanpassung SRM Ergometer]] || German
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| May 2019
|-
| [[Media:Manual SRM Torque (06.12.2012), Mirco Smerecnik.pdf|Torque Analysis Manual]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| December 2012
|-
| [[Media:SRM-Ergometer,_Alternative_Wingate_Test.pdf|SRM-Ergometer, Alternative of the Wingate Test]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| June 2014
|-
| [[Media:Activation Point SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis.pdf|Torque Analysis Activation Point setup]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| October 2012
|-
| [[Media:Flymass instruction manual.pdf|Flymass instruction manual]] || English
|style="text-align:right" class="hintergrundfarbe5"| May 2017
|}

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:28:39Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
* <gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:27:49Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
<gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

File:02 Power Measurement in cycling.jpg

2022-08-02T14:27:23Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:26:56Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
<gallery>
File:01_Power_Measurement_in_cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02 Power Measurement in cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

File:01 Power Measurement in cycling.jpg

2022-08-02T14:26:06Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:25:20Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
<gallery>
File:01 Power Measurement in cycling.jpg|Torque Calculation
File:02 Power Measurement in cycling.jpg|Power Calculation
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:20:00Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Principle of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation: 
<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:19:28Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

* Prinnciple of the Torque and Power measurments and calculation 
<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
</gallery>

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:09:44Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklength, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Frequency [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:08:08Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:07:45Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
* Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
* Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
* Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-08-02T14:06:52Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

* All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
:Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
:Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
:Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-07-28T12:02:22Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

:All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
:Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
:Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
:Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm) * 2π / 60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-07-28T12:00:57Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

:All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
:Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
:Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
:Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm)*2π/60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-07-28T11:57:29Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

:All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
:Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
:Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
:Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm)*2Pi /60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-07-28T11:56:12Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

:All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
:Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
:Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
:Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm)*2∏ /60 

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Torque Analysis

2022-07-28T11:48:26Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Analysis screen */

The SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis hardware and software is designed to display pedaling torque inputs in real time and provide the user with the ability to save and analyze the data with a recording rate of 200 Hz.

Torque data is useful when working to determine optimum bike fit, the result of changes made to position, athlete pedaling dynamics, and when working to rehabilitate after injury. Data collected can be saved, reloaded, and exported for use in various other applications and formats.

<gallery>
File:06-sideview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:06-sideview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
File:12-maingraph.png|Maingraph Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-06.jpg|SRM - Software: Monitoring the Torque Analysis
File:SRM-Ergometer-05.jpg|The Torque Analyses during Performance Diagnostics
</gallery>

== Requirements ==

* SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box
* SRM Powermeter with wired coil and sensor cable
* Computer running either: MS Windows XP, Vista or 7; Mac OSX 10.5 or higher; or Linux Kernel 2.6 or higher
* Java Interpreter installed on the computer
* Ethernet connection and Cat5 patchcable

== System Setup ==

=== Connections ===

The SRM torque analysis box will connect as follows:

* Sensor: Analog sensor cable
* Ethernet: LAN connection
* Digital: Reserved for future use
* + 5v DC: Power supply
* Cadence: indicates a revolution
* On: indicates if powered up

Note: Power delivery from USB port on a computer is not sufficient to run the SRM Ethernet Torque box. Please use the external power supply.

<gallery>
File:08-frontview1.jpg|Frontview Torque Box
File:08-frontview2.jpg|Backview Torque Box
</gallery>

=== Software preparation ===

# Download the latest SRM torque software from www.srm.de
# Install the software. If needed, Java runtime environment will be downloaded and installed automatically

=== Hardware installation ===

# Doublecheck PowerMeter installation/sensor cable
# Connect SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box to the sensor cable. Use the analog input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque box
# Connect AC Power supply to the power input port of the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box, check if power LED (green color)is on (see troubleshooting for any problems)
# Secure SRM Ethernet Torque box in stable position
# Start pedaling and check if the cadence LED (amber color) is flashing once per revolution
# Connect the network cable to the LAN port on the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box and to your computer

=== Network setup ===

<gallery>
File:10-bottomview.jpg|Bottomview Torque Box
</gallery>
# Check the SRM Ethernet Torque box default IP address on the bottom of the outer case. The last digit of your PC's IP address (see next step) has to differ from the one of the torque box.
#Choose a free and valid IP address for your computer in the same subnetwork as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (192.168.0.x).
::If you are using MS Windows: Press "Start“ button, open "Control Panel“, open "Network and Internet", select "Network and Sharing Center“, click "View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open "Properties“, double click on "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the choosen IP address.
::Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses.

<gallery>
File:01Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Control Panel
File:02-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Internet
File:03-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Network and Sharing Center
File:04-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|View Network Connections
File:05-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Properties
File:06-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)
File:07-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|Use the following address
File:08-Torque-IP-settings.jpg|IP address: 192.168.0.88
</gallery>

:: If you are using Apple OSX: Launch "System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the "Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the "Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to "Configure IPv4" select "Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:01-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|System Preferences
File:02-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Network
File:03-OSX-Torque-IP-en.jpg|Set the IP Address under Ethernet
</gallery>

=== Software setup ===

# Launch the SRM Torque Software
# When the software first runs, a writable folder needs to be defined to save the data. Select a folder.
# Main screen is now shown; go to Settings by clicking on the lower right corner button or through the Options-Settings on the top menu and configure the program

Start pedaling, and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the
messages. Program settings and log file will be stored under the user's document folder:

'''Win XP:''' C:\Document and Settings\Document\SRMTrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''Win Vista/7:''' C:\Users\Document\SRM TrainingSystem\SRMTorque 
'''OSX:''' /User/Documents/SRM Training System/SRMTorque 

==Screens==
===Main screen===

[[File:12-maingraph.png|thumb|Maingraph Torque Analysis]]

The majority of this screen is taken by a graph showing online data:
* the x-axis of this graph is measuring the angle of revolution in degrees
* the y-axis represents the torque in Newtonmeters

The right side of this screen has two buttons: Record /Stop and Reset.
Pressing the Record button begins recording, pressing the Reset button clears all stored data. Here you can define the „Automatic stop“ settings.
Selecting „None“ will result in recording revolutions until stopped manually.

Selecting "Revolutions“ will result in recording the specified number of revolutions entered. Selecting "Time“ will result in recording the specified seconds of time entered. 

The "Notes“ area is for entering information specific to the revolution data that you record; any notes entered here will be displayed in the revolution table in the "Analysis“ view. 

Directly below the main graph, there is a field showing numerically the index of the revolution with the relative cadence and power. 

The bottom of the main view has a tracking feature which allows you to see specific angle and torque data as you mouse over the graph.

===Analysis screen===

The top part of this view contains a revolution table, showing data from all recorded revolutions with the appropriate graph for the selected revolutions
underneath.

Zoom with the mouse. Hold the left mouse button and open a zoom window or turn the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Click and hold the left mouse button and wipe left/right to zoom out. The right graph can be set to show two different torque graphs: "Overlapped“ and „Rounded“: "Overlapped“ displays torque data split into two series: from 0 to 179 and from 180 to 359 degrees.

„Rounded“ displays torque data split into 2 inverted series to better visualize roundness of complete revolution.

Note: Moving the mouse cursor over the revolution line in the graph will popup a message that shows the degrees of the relative series.
Selecting multiple revolutions results in the graphical display of all revolutions (For windows operating system, this is done by pressing Ctrl-Click. When using Mac OS, this is done by pressing Command-Click).

The right side of this view has an "Export - Save and Load“ area; to export data, first select the desired revolutions. 

* '''Export'''
:Then select the output format (CSV, PNG or PDF) and choose what type of graph(s) you need. Pressing the "Export“ button will export all selected revolutions. 

:'''1st Example'''
:If you export one revolution or an average data file the CSV file syntax is defined according to the following pattern:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

:The attached [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (1 revolution).csv|example torque data file]] has got the following header: 12,50.319,312.0,59.351173,17.5,479.0,30.0,170,90

:Header
:Index: 12
:Cadence: 50.319
:Power: 312.0
:Torque: 59.351173
:Slope: 17.5
:Zero Offset: 479.0
:Delay:30.0
:Crank Length: 170,0
:Weight: 90

:All susequent lines represent the angles and the frequency. That means that you can calculate the torque for every angle by dividing the given frequency by the slope. At the angle of 180 degrees with the frequency of 773 [Hz] and a Zero Offset of 479 [Hz] the torque is calculated at 44.2 [Nm].
:Calculating method for the Torque: (773 [Hz] - 479 [Hz]) / 17.5 [Hz/Nm] = 44.2 [Nm]
:Calculating method for the Power for every angle: Power = Torque [Nm] * Angular velocity (rad/s)
:Definition of Angular velocity: Angular velocity (rad/s) = Cadence (rpm)*2Pi /60

:'''2nd Example'''
:If you export more than one revolution as CSV file (s. [[Media:Example Torque Data Export (10 revolutions).csv|example torque data file (10 revolutions)]]) you find at the beginning of each revolution the same syntax which is explained in the 1st example above:

:ROW 1: Header: Index, Cadence, Power, Torque, Slope, Zero, Delay, Cranklenght, Weight,
:ROW 2 ... N: Body: Angle [Deg], Value [Hz] 

* '''Data Operation - Calculate Averag'''
:To calculate the average graph of revolutions select two or more revolutions. Press the "Calculate Average“ button in "Data Operation“ area . 

* '''Save'''
:The "Save“ button allows you to save all checked revolutions (marked with the "Save“ column in revolution table); the number of revolutions is shown on the "Save“ button. 

:All files will be saved in the data folder defined in the "Settings-System“ window.
:The naming of the SRM Torque Analysis file (.sta) is: 
:"initials-YYYY.MM.DD HH.mm.SS.sta“ 
:where "initials“ will represent the system's user name. 

* '''Load'''
:The "Load“ button allows you to open revolutions previously saved; press the "Load“ button, select a file, then press "Load File“ button (uncheck
:"Update Statistics“ if you do not want the file to affect current statistics). Pressing "Select File“ allows you to Load another file; when all files are loaded, press "Close“ to exit the window. 

* '''Marker operation'''
:The "Marker operation“ area is used to delete and colorize markers. First, select one or more revolutions, then click a starting point, followed by an ending point. The delta of these two points will be displayed in the lower left corner of the graph, showing both "Angle“ in degrees and "Torque“ in Nm. 

===Statistics screen===

The upper half of this view contains two histograms that show the Cadence and Power distribution for all recorded revolutions.
The lower half of this view contains a scattergram that shows the relationship between Cadence and Power for all recorded revolutions

===Log screen===

The Log view contains a complete listing of all relevent events that occured in the software during the current session:

* Connection information
* Save messages
* Load messages
* Device status
* Error notifications
* Recording events

==Settings==

The Settings window has 5 tabs.

* '''Graph'''
:The "Graph“ tab allows you to change the number of simultaneous revolutions shown on the main graph, as well as select custom colors for each revolution by clicking on the color. The "Add“ and "Delete“ new revolution buttons allow you to change the number of revolutions shown between 1 and 10. Checking the "Automatic torque scale“ box will result in a self-adjusting y-axis for torque values. By leaving this box unchecked, you can manually select the maximum torque value shown on the y-axis of the main graph. 

* '''User'''
:The "User“ tab contains the user information. The profile drop-down box contains a list of all available users with their information shown when selected.
:To change any parameters to a user, select the appropiate user, insert the new value and click "Apply modification“ button. To delete a user, select user and press "Delete User“ button. 
:To create a new user, input a user name for the profile, all the information, then click "Add User“ button. The current user profile is shown in red. To change the user, select a different user from the "User profile“ drop-down box, and click "Set Default User“ button; the current user information will be updated. 

:The most important information for a selected user profile as name, weight and crank length are shown in the statusbar on the bottom of the window when it gets updated. 

* '''PowerMeter'''
:The "PowerMeter“ tab is needed to change the PowerMeter's parameters. You can define the zero offset value and the slope of the PowerMeter as well as the starting position (Activation Point) of the revolution. The Activation Point does not affect the data collection, it only serves the graphic adaptation and displacement of the zero point (0°).

* '''Network'''
:The "Network“ tab allows to change all network settings like IP address and port. 

* '''System'''
:The "System“ tab shows all network interfaces on your computer and is important when configuring your network address. Also, the destination folder for stored data can be changed here. 

==Utilities==

===Simulator===

The simulator is a part of the SRM Torque Analysis software that allows simulation of revolutions; to enable this go to "Utilities - Simulator“ menu and then press start. Make sure to select „Simulator“ also in the „Network profile“ on the settings menu.

===Cadence Bell===

This option will enable a cadence signal for each revolution when the signal is triggered.

==Tapping the torque data==
The question has been asked before if it is possible to tap the torque signal directly from the SRM ergometer without using a Torque Box. Well it is possible to get 2 signals straight out of the PowerMeter of the SRM ergometer: the zero offset and the cadance. The rest of the parameters will be derived from these 2 signals. Some of those paramaters (like the torque signal) are designed by SRM itself and therefore their "secrets" are not released in public. The 2 pictures below are from an oscilloscope (500 Hz) showing the 2 signals (the short one is the zero offset and the long one the cadance).

<gallery>
File:TEK0002.JPG|Zero offset signal oscilloscope
File:TEK0004.JPG|Cadence signal oscilloscope
</gallery>

==Troubleshooting==

===General===

* Power LED doesn't switch on
:Check the power supply and the power cable connection. 

* Cadence LED doesn't flash for each revolution
:Check the position of the sensor: the correct position is a tangental point to the coil of the PowerMeter, at a perpendicular angle. Normally, this is a point 5cm from the center of the PowerMeter axle. Move or rotate the cable while pedaling until Cadence LED flashes. 

* Power / Torque values shown on "Main“ screen are not accurate
:Ensure the PowerMeter settings are correct: check the slope and the zero offset values on Settings-Powermeter window. 

* No connection between the PC and the SRM Ethernet Torque Box
:Check the network configuration on your computer, ensure the IP address is in the same subnetwork of SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis box. 

* SRM Ethernet Torque Box's IP adress lost
:Use the DeviceInstaller Utility to find and setup a new IP adress. 

* The revolution graph is not in the right position
: Check the relative parameter on "PowerMeter profile“ considering the activation point. 

===PowerMeter related issues===

* Position of the sensor cable
:Check position of sensor cable to ensure it is passing over the cadence switch at a distance in between 3 and 5 mm. 

* PowerMeter - no signal
:If the position of the sesnor cable is okay and still no signal of the PowerMeter is received, the battery might be the reason. The battery is not self-replaceable. You will need to send the PowerMeter to SRM for replacement. Battery life of the PowerMeter varies between PowerMeter models (700-1900 hours of use). If the variance of your zero-offset frequency is higher than normal and your hours of usage is in the range above 700 hours, your battery likely needs to be replaced.

Electronic Fundamentals

2021-01-27T11:22:18Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* The Power Supply */

The interaction between the electrical components of the SRM – High Performance Ergometer allows precise power control for performance diagnostic examination and scientific data acquisition.

<gallery>

File:SRM-Ergometer-02.jpg|The SRM - PowerMeter Science
File:02-Steigung-u.-Seriennummer.jpg|Reading slope and serial number
File:Lenker-(Bezeichnungen).jpg|The Power Control IV, abbreviated as PC on the handlebars in the photo
File:Frontplatte_BW - Kopie.JPG|Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)
File:Ergometer_Connectings1.jpg|Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)
File:Ergometer_Connectings2.jpg||Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)
File:PC Ergometer 4.jpg|The PowerControl Ergometer
File:PC-Ergometer4_B.jpg|The PowerControl Ergometer
File:PC-Ergometer3_B.jpg|Rear PowerControl Ergometer with one connection
File:SRM Ergometer_Netzteil 2.jpg|Power supply
File:SRM Ergometer_Steuerung 1.jpg|The gearbox
File:Dexlan Ethernet hub 3.jpg|Connecting the Dexlan Ethernet hub
File:Relocating plug 02.jpg|Plug PowerControl
File:Grounding 02.jpg|Grounding
</gallery>

== The PowerMeter ==

The PowerMeter is the central part of the ergometer. It is responsible for measuring the power output. The PM transmits a particular frequency (500 - 12.000 Hz) proportional to the actual torque and also a frequency proportional to the actual angular velocity via a transmitter to a receiver located on the frame. The signal is digital to eliminate transmission errors. Power supply of the PM is by a Lithium battery lasting 1800 hours.

Important: If there is no torque on the chain, the PM does not measure any frequency, which means the angular velocity is zero. Setting this zero offset correctly is important to receive the right measurement of power output.

In the factory we calibrate all SRM PowerMeters in order to determine the frequency change of PowerMeter when changing the torque on the cranks. This frequency is called slope. This slope, measured in Hz/Nm, has to be entered initially into the PowerControl. The slope only has to be reentered if a different PowerMeter is employed, which normally has also a different slope.

<gallery>
File:SRM-Ergometer-02.jpg|The SRM - PowerMeter Science
File:02-Steigung-u.-Seriennummer.jpg|Reading slope and serial number
</gallery>

===Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)===

# Power Supply
# Serial Port
#:The serial port is only for the external control by CPX/CPET, EKG or other medical devices by the so called “ergoline” protocol. The idea is to specify the protocols in the CPX/CPET or EKG software to be independend of the SRM Ergometer software.
#:Please connect the SRM ergometer via the serial port and the USB-to-Serial Adapter to the controlling computer.
#:Please note: If you like to control the protocol by an external device don’t start the performance diagnostics in the SRM ergometer software. The SRM ergometer software are dominant.
# Torque Analysis
# Ethernet Ergometer

<gallery>
File:Frontplatte_BW - Kopie.JPG|Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)
File:Ergometer_Connectings1.jpg|Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)
File:Ergometer_Connectings2.jpg|Connecting the Ergometer (Ports)
</gallery>

=== Ethernet hub ===

An Ethernet hub is a network hardware device for connecting multiple Ethernet devices together and making them act as a single network segment. If, for example, a notebook has only 1 Ethernet port this offers a solution. Because if you want to you use both the Ergometer and the Torque Analysis you will need 2 Ethernet ports. It is most likely is does not matter which Ethernut hub you will use but we recommend to take the Dexlan Ethernet hub because is has been tested with the SRM Ergometer.

<gallery>
File:Dexlan Ethernet hub 1.jpg|Front view of the Dexlan Ethernet hub
File:Dexlan Ethernet hub 2.jpg|Top view of the Dexlan Ethernet hub
File:Dexlan Ethernet hub 3.jpg|Connecting the Dexlan Ethernet hub
</gallery>

== The PowerControl Ergometer==

The PowerControl Ergometer is the new version of the PowerControl and can be used only with the new ergometer control. It receives and displays the HR data.

To employ the PowerControl on the Ergometer the user has to ensure that the zero-offset is correctly entered. All other values such as slope, circumference of tire, etc. are in this case not applicable and has to be changed in the settings of the ergometer software.

<gallery>
File:Lenker-(Bezeichnungen).jpg|The Power Control IV, abbreviated as PC on the handlebars in the photo
File:PC Ergometer 4.jpg|The PowerControl Ergometer
File:PC-Ergometer4_B.jpg|The PowerControl Ergometer
File:PC-Ergometer3_B.jpg|Rear PowerControl Ergometer with one connection
</gallery>

=== Main menu ===

The main menu shows real-time data as the athlete trains.

:'''Real-time Training Data Menu:'''
:* Top Line: Time - total training time [h:min:sec].
:* Middle Line: Power [Watt], Heartrate [bpm].
:* Bottom Line: Speed [km/h], Cadence [rpm].
:If no signal from a sensor is picked up, the display shows “-“ for this data instead of a number (for example “Heartrate -“ if heartrate sensor is not paired/connected).

===Sensor Pairing===
You need to pair the PowerControl Ergometer with the heartrate sensors. If you don’t do this, no heartrate data will be received by the PowerControl Ergometer and can't be saved in the ergometer software.

Please follow these steps:
:* Connect the ergometer to the power supply.
:* Switch on heartrate sensor by putting the belt on your chest. Please moisten the electrodes to improve contact.
:* Switch on the PowerControl by pressing the MODE and PRO buttons simultaneously.
:* Select the heartrate sensor you like to pair: Possible heartrate sensors are SUUNTO or the PLUS (the PLUS-SRM heartrate sensor belongs to the ergometer standard accessory)
:* Press SET for searching the heartrate sensor; the search bar of the display shows the progress of the search and the antenna symbol is flashing.
:* If the heartrate sensor is found, the search bar is completed, the antenna symbol is displayed continuously and in the bottom line the sensor’s serial number is displayed.
:* Hold MODE for about 3 seconds to get back in the main display chart, the heartrate should be displayed after a short time.

If no signal is picked up, please check and repeat pairing from the beginning:
:* Damp the heartrate belt at the skin sensors to ensure that the heartrate data can be recorded by the heartrate belt.
:* If the sensor is working e.g. with another receiver (e.g. heartrate watch, PC8).
:* Check the battery of the hartrate sensor.
:* If it is still not working, please get in touch with the SRM Service Center.

===Control test with PowerControl keys===
You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. 

:'''Keybord Shortcuts'''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

 

== The Power Supply==

[[File:SRM Ergometer_Netzteil 2.jpg|thumb|Power Supply]]

The power supply has been especially designed to suit the SRM Performance Ergometer. It supplies power to the ergometer, including the PowerControl Ergometer. The operating mode of the power supply is indicated by a blue LED display.

Place the power supply in dry, well aired condition. Avoid switching the power supply on and off in quick succession. The power supply does not need any maintenance.

==Light Barrier==

The light barrier measures the speed of the fly masses. It is a necessary for the power measurement. If speed is not measured correctly, the power measurement is not correct either. The speed values are displayed in the SRM ergometer software and on the PowerControl Ergometer. The speed data do not correspond to real speed values.

==Adjustments==

It is possible to do some adjustments to the SRM Ergometer if it is necessary.

===Relocating Plug===
The cable of the PowerControl could be too short with the new SRM Ergometers. This occurs by pulling up the steering wheel of the Ergometer. In order to solve this the plug of the PowerControl will be relocated.

<gallery>
File:Relocating plug 01.jpg|Front view relocating plug PowerControl
File:Relocating plug 02.jpg|Side view relocating plug PowerControl
</gallery>

===Grounding===
Not every SRM Ergometer has been grounded thoroughly for international standards. This could be fixed easily by adding some more grounding like in the images below.

<gallery>
File:Grouding 01.jpg|Front view grounding
File:Grounding 02.jpg|Side view grounding
</gallery>

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2020-12-16T13:31:54Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.2.2 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.2 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.2.). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

:P = 50

:I = 0

:D = 45 ± 5

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2020-12-16T13:31:31Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.2.2 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.2 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.2.). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

:P = 50

:I = 0

:D = 45 ± 5

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller
File:Updated controller settings.PNG|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2020-12-16T13:31:08Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.2.2 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.2 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.2.). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

:P = 50

:I = 0

:D = 45 ± 5

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.Ppng|Controller
File:Updated controller settings.PNG|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2020-12-16T13:25:15Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.2.2 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.2 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.2.). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

:P = 50

:I = 0

:D = 45 ± 5

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.PNG|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.PNG|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

File:Updated controller settings.png

2020-12-16T13:22:56Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

File:Controller settings.png

2020-12-16T13:22:20Z

Mirco Smerecnik:

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2020-12-16T13:16:33Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Option adjustment parameters */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

===== Firmware 1.2.2 =====

A new brake controller has been installed with the firmware (V: 1.2.2.). To update the SRM Ergometer to the new brake controller, please follow the instructions below
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters. Make a note of the saved values in order to revert back to the default settings if needed.
:5. Change the 3 - Factor Control to PID- Control. To do so, press the 3 Factor tap and choose PID.
:6. Adjust the parameters to the recommended values:

:P = 50

:I = 0

:D = 45 ± 5

:7.The control parameters are transferred to the Ergometer controller with the "Set" button. Press “Get” again to make sure that the values have been saved.
:8.Congratulations, you have successfully updated your SRM Ergometer Brake Controller

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:Controller settings.png|Controller settings
File:Updated controller settings.png|Updated controller settings
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version

Ergometer Software Installation and Settings

2020-12-16T13:14:06Z

Mirco Smerecnik: /* Firmware 1.1.5 */

<gallery>
File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer_Slope.jpg|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer Slope

</gallery>

== Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software ==

[[File:Installation and Landing Page of the SRM Ergometer Software.png|thumb|]]

Please install the SRM ergometer software first on your controlling computer. Install or deinstall the software with the option ''Installer''.
It´s possible to choose one of the shown options directly. But before starting with the test procedure we recommend to check the settings first.
Please start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green, if not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

== Settings SRM Ergometer Software ==

=== Network ===

Choose a free and valid IP address (192.168.0.x) for your computer in the same sub network as the SRM Ethernet Torque Analysis Box (To install the Torque Analysis Box see the manual of the Torque Analysis).
If you are using MS Windows: Press “Start“ button, open “Control Panel“, open “Network and Internet”, select “Network and Sharing Center“, click “View Network Connections“, click on the connection you need to change (i.e. LAN), open “Properties“, double click on “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)“ and insert the chosen IP address.
Please insert a different IP address than that of the Torque Box. Just change the last or the last two numbers of the Torque Box IP (e.g. 192.168.0.89). Otherwise there will be a conflict of the IP addresses. 
Default network settings are justified at the IP-adress of the Ergometer settings.

==== Network settings in windows ====

<gallery>
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network.png|1. Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Network
File:Network Settings - Network and Internet.jpg|2. Network and Internet
File:Network Settings - Network and Sharing Center.jpg|3. Network and Sharing Center
File:Network Settings - View Network Connections.jpg|4. View Network Connections
File:Network Settings - Properties.jpg|5. Properties
File:Network Settings - Internet Protocol Version 4.jpg|6. Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/Ipv4)
File:Network Settings - Use the following IP address.jpg|8. Use the following IP address
File:Network Settings - IP address.jpg|9. IP address: 192.168.0.89
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

 

==== Network settings in OSX ====

If you are using Apple OSX: Launch „System Preferences“ from the Apple menu (or Spotlight), click on the „Network“ icon in the lower right, click on the „Advanced“ button, in the pulldown menu next to „Configure Ipv4“ select „Manually“ and insert the chosen IP address.

<gallery>
File:Network Setting OSX_System Preferences.jpg|1. System Preferences
File:Network Setting OSX_Network.jpg|2. Network
File:Network Setting OSX_Ethernet.jpg|3. Set the IP Adress under Ethernet
</gallery>

Please start the ergometer software again, start pedaling and check the connection indicator on the lower left corner of the screen: this indicator should be green. If not go to log tab and check the messages and the settings again.

=== Chart ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Chart]]
In this menu you can set the scaling of the graphs and the length of the displayed segments.
By selection of Show entire Test you will be shown the entire test on the monitor. By clicking on “Show only the last…minutes”, you will only be shown the time period you entered before.
In the lower part of the window please specify by clicking on Visible, if you want to see the values Power, Heart rate, Cadence and/or Speed. Under From / To, you can define the range, in which the values will be shown. Distance gives you the difference of the chosen range.

'''Value Smoothing Factor'''
:This number defines the smoothing factor of the graphs. All data are continuously smoothed. In a file length of example 2h represents a smoothing of 1% that each point shown represents the average of the last 12 seconds. You can set the smoothing factor in seconds or percentage.

'''Test Chart / 30s Chart'''
:The settings of ''Test Chart'' and ''30s Chart'' are able to configure individually.

'''Deviation Chart'''
:Indicates the deviation of the cadence at the hyperbolic mode or the devation of the performance at the isokinetic mode. To use this skill it is necessary to drop data into the workout table. 
:(For example: Power 100W / Cadence 50rpm / Choose ''Controll by Power'')

'''Percent of target value'''
:With this you can change the range of the ''[[Media:Colored bars.png|colored bars]]'' in the upper right area in the testing window. At the moment at 90 to 100 % completion of the cadence guideline, the bar stays green. At 80 to 90 % completion the bar turns yellow and at 70 to 80 % it turns red. There is no display of larger deviations.

=== Test ===

[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test.png|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Test]]
'''Start Test by'''
:Under the button Start Test by you can decide if the test (or training session) will be started by reaching a specific cadence or by clicking the Start Button. 
:Starting by cadence: ''Start pedalling'' is displayed on the test interface. 
'''Stop Test by'''
:Under Stop Test by you can decide if the test will end automatically when there is no more cadence to be measured or by manually clicking the End Button.
'''Save data automatically at test end'''
:You can set an automatically storage of your data file on your computer. Even when you click no, you will asked to save the data :file by ending the test.
'''Control test with PowerControl keys'''
:You have the possibility to start and stop the test (or the training session) with the keys of the PowerControl. Therefor the option have to activate.

:'''''Keybord Shortcuts'''''
:*PRO (short): Test Start
:*SET (short): Test Pause
:*PRO (long): Test Resume
:*SET (long): Test Stop

=== Ergometer ===
[[File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software.PNG|thumb|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer]]
This menu gives you the opportunity to prepare the Ergometer for testing.

==== Slope ====
The slope in the ergometer software must be correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter and the PowerControl. We recommend to verify and control the slope of the PowerMeter before every test day. You can find the correct PowerMeter slope on small labels located at:
:*The rear of the PowerMeter
:*The front of the Ergometer
:*The right crank arm
:*The handlebar

==== Zero Offset ====
The PowerMeter delivers a certain frequency which is proportional to the torque of the pedal force on the crank. If there is no load on the crank, the PowerMeter is sending a bas frequency which must be communicated to the Ergometer software and to the PowerControl as a reference value. This procedure is called zero offset calibration (offset adjustment).

The zero offset calibration has to be done before every new assembly of the PowerMeter and also before every measurement resp. every training on the Ergometer. A wrong zero offset calibration can result in an internal miscalculation of the power.

==== Circumference ====
The circumference only influence the displayed speed and is not important for the calculation of the data. We recommend to insert a value of 1000 mm.

For a more detailed overview of the calibration see [[Calibration of the Ergometer|Calibration]]

==== PM/Gearbox chainring and Current gear====
At first the user defines the gearing with which he wants to ride the isokinetic mode. The cadence is held very consistent in this mode but it is only correct when you have chosen the right settings. At the current ergometers the settings of the gearing are adjusted at 53/15 for all gears if you adjust both the gear on the Ergometer and in the software. The two images on the right display how it looks after adjusting the gearing.

If you change only the gearing of the Ergometer itself and not in the software you have to adjust the settings of the gearing for getting the right cadence. This is possible by increasing the Gearbox chainring and/or by lowering the PM chainring when choosing a lower gearing and vice versa.

Older ergometers can have a different gearing and with a change of the chainrings the gearing will change as well. The new fixed gear must be entered accordingly. If the fixed gear is not known or the cadence deviates from the specified isokinetic test profile, the gearing may be readjusted or corrected based on various experiments (trial & error). For this purpose, in each case only small changes to one or both values should be performed.

<gallery>
File:Ergo-Rohloff-01.jpg|Gearing Ergometer
File:Settings SRM Ergometer Software 2.PNG|Settings SRM Ergometer Software - Ergometer
</gallery>

==== Firmware and software ====
[[File:Firmware and software.png|thumb]]
The firmware can be updated if you drop the latest “SRM Firmware Image” file (*.sfi) in the box on the lower left corner of the screen: Drop file here to import. The current firmware version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.1.5, 20.02.2017). The same applies to the software down in the right corner. The current software version incl. date is displayed (e.g. V 1.2.0, 06.02.2017).

==== Hardware, Product Code and Serial Number ====
These informations are implemented from the SRM company to identify the ergometers specifications. The current hardware version is displayed (e.g. V 0.8). The serial number represents the serial number of the SRM Ergometer.

==== Operation time ====
The operation time will be documented in hh:mm:ss.

==== Read and write settings ====
When everything is filled in correctly it is important at first to read the settings of the ergometer incl. the zero offset and the slope and then write the settings. With write settings it is possible to insert the slope and to save/write it for the correct calculation of the data. Please note that the inserted slope must correspond to the slope of the PowerMeter. If the Ergometer is not connected you will get an error with action failed as shown in the first screenshot. You will have to check the cabels and/or the network settings if everything is connected correctly. When everthing works fine the second screenshot will be shown.

<gallery>
File:Read Settings failed 2.png|Action failed - Network not connected
File:Read Settings.PNG|Action success - Network connected
</gallery>

==== Option adjustment parameters====

===== Firmware 1.1.5 =====

For the more professional users who would like to adjust the parameters themselves. The factors kA, kB and kC can influence the speed of the control change. The following steps with corresponding screenshots display how use this option.
:1 Open the settings and select the tab "Ergometer".
:2 Press "Read Settings" to read the internal information.
:3 Press the key combination ALT + SHIFT + A to make the controller settings visible.
:4 Press the "Get" button to read the current control parameters.
:5 Adjust the parameters

The factor kA is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is greater than 50%.
The factor kB is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 50% and greater than 20%.
The factor kC is used when the deviation from the setpoint to the actual value is less than 20%.
The default values are kA = 20.0, kB = 10.0, kC = 5.0.
The values should be adjusted in gear 9 at a cadence of 60rpm so that the controller reacts quickly but does not overshoot.
For example, if the control is too slow, the values can be increased to 25, 15, 5.

Finally, the control parameters are transferred to the ergometer controller with the "Set" button.

<gallery>
File:1 Open settings.PNG|Open settings
File:2 Read settings.PNG|Read settings
File:3 ALT SHIFT A.PNG|Press ALT + SHIFT + A
File:4 Press Get.PNG|Press Get
File:5 Adjust parameters.PNG|Adjust parameters
</gallery>

==Taskbar==

===File===
Close the SRM Ergometer software

===Settings===
'''Restore factory settings''': Reset settings

===?===
'''About this software''': Software version, build date, Qt version